2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*-
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1998 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
* are met:
|
|
|
|
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
|
|
|
* 3. Berkeley Software Design Inc's name may not be used to endorse or
|
|
|
|
* promote products derived from this software without specific prior
|
|
|
|
* written permission.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* from BSDI $Id: mutex_witness.c,v 1.1.2.20 2000/04/27 03:10:27 cp Exp $
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
* and BSDI $Id: synch_machdep.c,v 2.3.2.39 2000/04/27 03:10:25 cp Exp $
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
* $FreeBSD$
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-11-15 19:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* Machine independent bits of mutex implementation.
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to make default mutexes adaptive if the ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES kernel
option is used (not on by default).
- In the case of trying to lock a mutex, if the MTX_CONTESTED flag is set,
then we can safely read the thread pointer from the mtx_lock member while
holding sched_lock. We then examine the thread to see if it is currently
executing on another CPU. If it is, then we keep looping instead of
blocking.
- In the case of trying to unlock a mutex, it is now possible for a mutex
to have MTX_CONTESTED set in mtx_lock but to not have any threads
actually blocked on it, so we need to handle that case. In that case,
we just release the lock as if MTX_CONTESTED was not set and return.
- We do not adaptively spin on Giant as Giant is held for long times and
it slows SMP systems down to a crawl (it was taking several minutes,
like 5-10 or so for my test alpha and sparc64 SMP boxes to boot up when
they adaptively spinned on Giant).
- We only compile in the code to do this for SMP kernels, it doesn't make
sense for UP kernels.
Tested on: i386, alpha, sparc64
2002-05-21 20:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_adaptive_mutexes.h"
|
2000-11-15 22:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_ddb.h"
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/param.h>
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/systm.h>
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/bus.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/kernel.h>
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/ktr.h>
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/lock.h>
|
2001-05-01 08:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/malloc.h>
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/mutex.h>
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/proc.h>
|
2001-06-25 18:29:32 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/resourcevar.h>
|
2002-10-12 05:32:24 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sched.h>
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sbuf.h>
|
2002-05-23 03:08:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/stdint.h>
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/vmmeter.h>
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <machine/atomic.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <machine/bus.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <machine/clock.h>
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <machine/cpu.h>
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-11-15 22:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <ddb/ddb.h>
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <vm/vm.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <vm/vm_extern.h>
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* Internal utility macros.
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#define mtx_unowned(m) ((m)->mtx_lock == MTX_UNOWNED)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#define mtx_owner(m) (mtx_unowned((m)) ? NULL \
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
: (struct thread *)((m)->mtx_lock & MTX_FLAGMASK))
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-06-04 22:36:24 +00:00
|
|
|
/* XXXKSE This test will change. */
|
|
|
|
#define thread_running(td) \
|
2002-06-04 21:50:02 +00:00
|
|
|
((td)->td_kse != NULL && (td)->td_kse->ke_oncpu != NOCPU)
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
* Lock classes for sleep and spin mutexes.
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
struct lock_class lock_class_mtx_sleep = {
|
|
|
|
"sleep mutex",
|
|
|
|
LC_SLEEPLOCK | LC_RECURSABLE
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lock_class lock_class_mtx_spin = {
|
|
|
|
"spin mutex",
|
|
|
|
LC_SPINLOCK | LC_RECURSABLE
|
|
|
|
};
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-04-02 22:19:16 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* System-wide mutexes
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct mtx sched_lock;
|
|
|
|
struct mtx Giant;
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Prototypes for non-exported routines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
static void propagate_priority(struct thread *);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
propagate_priority(struct thread *td)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
int pri = td->td_priority;
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx *m = td->td_blocked;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_assert(&sched_lock, MA_OWNED);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct thread *td1;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td = mtx_owner(m);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td == NULL) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This really isn't quite right. Really
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* ought to bump priority of thread that
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
* next acquires the mutex.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
MPASS(m->mtx_lock == MTX_CONTESTED);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Part 1 of KSE-III
The ability to schedule multiple threads per process
(one one cpu) by making ALL system calls optionally asynchronous.
to come: ia64 and power-pc patches, patches for gdb, test program (in tools)
Reviewed by: Almost everyone who counts
(at various times, peter, jhb, matt, alfred, mini, bernd,
and a cast of thousands)
NOTE: this is still Beta code, and contains lots of debugging stuff.
expect slight instability in signals..
2002-06-29 17:26:22 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(td->td_proc != NULL);
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(td->td_proc->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
2002-09-11 08:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(!TD_IS_SLEEPING(td), ("sleeping thread owns a mutex"));
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td->td_priority <= pri) /* lower is higher priority */
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If lock holder is actually running, just bump priority.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-09-11 08:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (TD_IS_RUNNING(td)) {
|
Part 1 of KSE-III
The ability to schedule multiple threads per process
(one one cpu) by making ALL system calls optionally asynchronous.
to come: ia64 and power-pc patches, patches for gdb, test program (in tools)
Reviewed by: Almost everyone who counts
(at various times, peter, jhb, matt, alfred, mini, bernd,
and a cast of thousands)
NOTE: this is still Beta code, and contains lots of debugging stuff.
expect slight instability in signals..
2002-06-29 17:26:22 +00:00
|
|
|
td->td_priority = pri;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-07 02:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifndef SMP
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* For UP, we check to see if td is curthread (this shouldn't
|
2001-03-07 02:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
* ever happen however as it would mean we are in a deadlock.)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(td != curthread, ("Deadlock detected"));
|
2001-03-07 02:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* If on run queue move to new run queue, and quit.
|
|
|
|
* XXXKSE this gets a lot more complicated under threads
|
|
|
|
* but try anyhow.
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-09-11 08:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (TD_ON_RUNQ(td)) {
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(td->td_blocked == NULL);
|
2002-10-12 05:32:24 +00:00
|
|
|
sched_prio(td, pri);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Part 1 of KSE-III
The ability to schedule multiple threads per process
(one one cpu) by making ALL system calls optionally asynchronous.
to come: ia64 and power-pc patches, patches for gdb, test program (in tools)
Reviewed by: Almost everyone who counts
(at various times, peter, jhb, matt, alfred, mini, bernd,
and a cast of thousands)
NOTE: this is still Beta code, and contains lots of debugging stuff.
expect slight instability in signals..
2002-06-29 17:26:22 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Adjust for any other cases.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
td->td_priority = pri;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
* If we aren't blocked on a mutex, we should be.
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(TD_ON_LOCK(td), (
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
"process %d(%s):%d holds %s but isn't blocked on a mutex\n",
|
Part 1 of KSE-III
The ability to schedule multiple threads per process
(one one cpu) by making ALL system calls optionally asynchronous.
to come: ia64 and power-pc patches, patches for gdb, test program (in tools)
Reviewed by: Almost everyone who counts
(at various times, peter, jhb, matt, alfred, mini, bernd,
and a cast of thousands)
NOTE: this is still Beta code, and contains lots of debugging stuff.
expect slight instability in signals..
2002-06-29 17:26:22 +00:00
|
|
|
td->td_proc->p_pid, td->td_proc->p_comm, td->td_state,
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name));
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Pick up the mutex that td is blocked on.
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
m = td->td_blocked;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(m != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Check if the thread needs to be moved up on
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
* the blocked chain
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td == TAILQ_FIRST(&m->mtx_blocked)) {
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
td1 = TAILQ_PREV(td, threadqueue, td_lockq);
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td1->td_priority <= pri) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Remove thread from blocked chain and determine where
|
|
|
|
* it should be moved up to. Since we know that td1 has
|
|
|
|
* a lower priority than td, we know that at least one
|
|
|
|
* thread in the chain has a lower priority and that
|
|
|
|
* td1 will thus not be NULL after the loop.
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&m->mtx_blocked, td, td_lockq);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(td1, &m->mtx_blocked, td_lockq) {
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(td1->td_proc->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td1->td_priority > pri)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(td1 != NULL);
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(td1, td, td_lockq);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR4(KTR_LOCK,
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
"propagate_priority: p %p moved before %p on [%p] %s",
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td, td1, m, m->mtx_object.lo_name);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_PROFILING
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_NODE(_debug, OID_AUTO, mutex, CTLFLAG_RD, NULL, "mutex debugging");
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_NODE(_debug_mutex, OID_AUTO, prof, CTLFLAG_RD, NULL, "mutex profiling");
|
|
|
|
static int mutex_prof_enable = 0;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, enable, CTLFLAG_RW,
|
|
|
|
&mutex_prof_enable, 0, "Enable tracing of mutex holdtime");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct mutex_prof {
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
|
|
const char *file;
|
|
|
|
int line;
|
2003-01-21 20:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
uintmax_t cnt_max;
|
|
|
|
uintmax_t cnt_tot;
|
|
|
|
uintmax_t cnt_cur;
|
2002-04-02 23:26:32 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mutex_prof *next;
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* mprof_buf is a static pool of profiling records to avoid possible
|
|
|
|
* reentrance of the memory allocation functions.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note: NUM_MPROF_BUFFERS must be smaller than MPROF_HASH_SIZE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_MPROF_BUFFERS 1000
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct mutex_prof mprof_buf[NUM_MPROF_BUFFERS];
|
|
|
|
static int first_free_mprof_buf;
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#define MPROF_HASH_SIZE 1009
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct mutex_prof *mprof_hash[MPROF_HASH_SIZE];
|
2003-02-25 22:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
/* SWAG: sbuf size = avg stat. line size * number of locks */
|
|
|
|
#define MPROF_SBUF_SIZE 256 * 400
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int mutex_prof_acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, acquisitions, CTLFLAG_RD,
|
|
|
|
&mutex_prof_acquisitions, 0, "Number of mutex acquistions recorded");
|
|
|
|
static int mutex_prof_records;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, records, CTLFLAG_RD,
|
|
|
|
&mutex_prof_records, 0, "Number of profiling records");
|
|
|
|
static int mutex_prof_maxrecords = NUM_MPROF_BUFFERS;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, maxrecords, CTLFLAG_RD,
|
|
|
|
&mutex_prof_maxrecords, 0, "Maximum number of profiling records");
|
|
|
|
static int mutex_prof_rejected;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, rejected, CTLFLAG_RD,
|
|
|
|
&mutex_prof_rejected, 0, "Number of rejected profiling records");
|
|
|
|
static int mutex_prof_hashsize = MPROF_HASH_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, hashsize, CTLFLAG_RD,
|
|
|
|
&mutex_prof_hashsize, 0, "Hash size");
|
|
|
|
static int mutex_prof_collisions = 0;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, collisions, CTLFLAG_RD,
|
|
|
|
&mutex_prof_collisions, 0, "Number of hash collisions");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* mprof_mtx protects the profiling buffers and the hash.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct mtx mprof_mtx;
|
2002-04-02 23:26:32 +00:00
|
|
|
MTX_SYSINIT(mprof, &mprof_mtx, "mutex profiling lock", MTX_SPIN | MTX_QUIET);
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-04-02 14:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
static u_int64_t
|
|
|
|
nanoseconds(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct timespec tv;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nanotime(&tv);
|
|
|
|
return (tv.tv_sec * (u_int64_t)1000000000 + tv.tv_nsec);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
dump_mutex_prof_stats(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct sbuf *sb;
|
|
|
|
int error, i;
|
2003-02-25 22:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static int multiplier = 1;
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (first_free_mprof_buf == 0)
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return (SYSCTL_OUT(req, "No locking recorded",
|
|
|
|
sizeof("No locking recorded")));
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-25 22:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
retry_sbufops:
|
|
|
|
sb = sbuf_new(NULL, NULL, MPROF_SBUF_SIZE * multiplier, SBUF_FIXEDLEN);
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
sbuf_printf(sb, "%6s %12s %11s %5s %s\n",
|
|
|
|
"max", "total", "count", "avg", "name");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX this spinlock seems to be by far the largest perpetrator
|
|
|
|
* of spinlock latency (1.6 msec on an Athlon1600 was recorded
|
|
|
|
* even before I pessimized it further by moving the average
|
|
|
|
* computation here).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin(&mprof_mtx);
|
2003-02-25 22:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < first_free_mprof_buf; ++i) {
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
sbuf_printf(sb, "%6ju %12ju %11ju %5ju %s:%d (%s)\n",
|
2003-01-21 20:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mprof_buf[i].cnt_max / 1000,
|
|
|
|
mprof_buf[i].cnt_tot / 1000,
|
|
|
|
mprof_buf[i].cnt_cur,
|
|
|
|
mprof_buf[i].cnt_cur == 0 ? (uintmax_t)0 :
|
|
|
|
mprof_buf[i].cnt_tot / (mprof_buf[i].cnt_cur * 1000),
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
mprof_buf[i].file, mprof_buf[i].line, mprof_buf[i].name);
|
2003-02-25 22:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sbuf_overflowed(sb)) {
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&mprof_mtx);
|
|
|
|
sbuf_delete(sb);
|
|
|
|
multiplier++;
|
|
|
|
goto retry_sbufops;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&mprof_mtx);
|
|
|
|
sbuf_finish(sb);
|
|
|
|
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, sbuf_data(sb), sbuf_len(sb) + 1);
|
|
|
|
sbuf_delete(sb);
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_PROC(_debug_mutex_prof, OID_AUTO, stats, CTLTYPE_STRING | CTLFLAG_RD,
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
NULL, 0, dump_mutex_prof_stats, "A", "Mutex profiling statistics");
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-28 02:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Function versions of the inlined __mtx_* macros. These are used by
|
|
|
|
* modules and can also be called from assembly language if needed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
_mtx_lock_flags(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(curthread != NULL);
|
2002-09-03 18:25:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(m->mtx_object.lo_class == &lock_class_mtx_sleep,
|
|
|
|
("mtx_lock() of spin mutex %s @ %s:%d", m->mtx_object.lo_name,
|
|
|
|
file, line));
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
_get_sleep_lock(m, curthread, opts, file, line);
|
|
|
|
LOCK_LOG_LOCK("LOCK", &m->mtx_object, opts, m->mtx_recurse, file,
|
|
|
|
line);
|
|
|
|
WITNESS_LOCK(&m->mtx_object, opts | LOP_EXCLUSIVE, file, line);
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_PROFILING
|
|
|
|
/* don't reset the timer when/if recursing */
|
2002-07-03 01:50:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m->mtx_acqtime == 0) {
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_filename = file;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_lineno = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_acqtime = mutex_prof_enable ? nanoseconds() : 0;
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
++mutex_prof_acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-03-28 02:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
_mtx_unlock_flags(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(curthread != NULL);
|
2002-09-03 18:25:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(m->mtx_object.lo_class == &lock_class_mtx_sleep,
|
|
|
|
("mtx_unlock() of spin mutex %s @ %s:%d", m->mtx_object.lo_name,
|
|
|
|
file, line));
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
WITNESS_UNLOCK(&m->mtx_object, opts | LOP_EXCLUSIVE, file, line);
|
2002-09-03 18:25:16 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCK_LOG_LOCK("UNLOCK", &m->mtx_object, opts, m->mtx_recurse, file,
|
|
|
|
line);
|
2001-09-26 00:05:18 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_assert(m, MA_OWNED);
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_PROFILING
|
2002-07-03 01:50:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m->mtx_acqtime != 0) {
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
static const char *unknown = "(unknown)";
|
|
|
|
struct mutex_prof *mpp;
|
2002-04-02 14:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int64_t acqtime, now;
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
const char *p, *q;
|
2002-04-02 23:26:32 +00:00
|
|
|
volatile u_int hash;
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-04-02 14:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
now = nanoseconds();
|
2002-07-03 01:50:27 +00:00
|
|
|
acqtime = m->mtx_acqtime;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_acqtime = 0;
|
2002-04-02 14:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (now <= acqtime)
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
2003-02-25 22:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
for (p = m->mtx_filename;
|
|
|
|
p != NULL && strncmp(p, "../", 3) == 0; p += 3)
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/* nothing */ ;
|
|
|
|
if (p == NULL || *p == '\0')
|
|
|
|
p = unknown;
|
2002-07-03 01:50:27 +00:00
|
|
|
for (hash = m->mtx_lineno, q = p; *q != '\0'; ++q)
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
hash = (hash * 2 + *q) % MPROF_HASH_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin(&mprof_mtx);
|
2002-04-02 23:26:32 +00:00
|
|
|
for (mpp = mprof_hash[hash]; mpp != NULL; mpp = mpp->next)
|
2002-07-03 01:50:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mpp->line == m->mtx_lineno &&
|
|
|
|
strcmp(mpp->file, p) == 0)
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (mpp == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/* Just exit if we cannot get a trace buffer */
|
|
|
|
if (first_free_mprof_buf >= NUM_MPROF_BUFFERS) {
|
|
|
|
++mutex_prof_rejected;
|
|
|
|
goto unlock;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mpp = &mprof_buf[first_free_mprof_buf++];
|
|
|
|
mpp->name = mtx_name(m);
|
|
|
|
mpp->file = p;
|
2002-07-03 01:50:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mpp->line = m->mtx_lineno;
|
2002-04-02 23:26:32 +00:00
|
|
|
mpp->next = mprof_hash[hash];
|
|
|
|
if (mprof_hash[hash] != NULL)
|
|
|
|
++mutex_prof_collisions;
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
mprof_hash[hash] = mpp;
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
++mutex_prof_records;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Record if the mutex has been held longer now than ever
|
2002-10-21 18:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* before.
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-01-21 20:33:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (now - acqtime > mpp->cnt_max)
|
|
|
|
mpp->cnt_max = now - acqtime;
|
|
|
|
mpp->cnt_tot += now - acqtime;
|
|
|
|
mpp->cnt_cur++;
|
2002-04-02 00:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
unlock:
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&mprof_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
_rel_sleep_lock(m, curthread, opts, file, line);
|
2001-03-28 02:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
_mtx_lock_spin_flags(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(curthread != NULL);
|
2002-09-03 18:25:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(m->mtx_object.lo_class == &lock_class_mtx_spin,
|
|
|
|
("mtx_lock_spin() of sleep mutex %s @ %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, file, line));
|
2002-07-27 16:54:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(SMP) || LOCK_DEBUG > 0 || 1
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
_get_spin_lock(m, curthread, opts, file, line);
|
2002-05-21 20:34:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
critical_enter();
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCK_LOG_LOCK("LOCK", &m->mtx_object, opts, m->mtx_recurse, file,
|
|
|
|
line);
|
|
|
|
WITNESS_LOCK(&m->mtx_object, opts | LOP_EXCLUSIVE, file, line);
|
2001-03-28 02:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
_mtx_unlock_spin_flags(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(curthread != NULL);
|
2002-09-03 18:25:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(m->mtx_object.lo_class == &lock_class_mtx_spin,
|
|
|
|
("mtx_unlock_spin() of sleep mutex %s @ %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, file, line));
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
WITNESS_UNLOCK(&m->mtx_object, opts | LOP_EXCLUSIVE, file, line);
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCK_LOG_LOCK("UNLOCK", &m->mtx_object, opts, m->mtx_recurse, file,
|
|
|
|
line);
|
2002-09-03 18:25:16 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_assert(m, MA_OWNED);
|
2002-07-27 16:54:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(SMP) || LOCK_DEBUG > 0 || 1
|
2001-09-22 21:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
_rel_spin_lock(m);
|
2002-05-21 20:34:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
critical_exit();
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-03-28 02:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* The important part of mtx_trylock{,_flags}()
|
|
|
|
* Tries to acquire lock `m.' We do NOT handle recursion here; we assume that
|
|
|
|
* if we're called, it's because we know we don't already own this lock.
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
_mtx_trylock(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
int rval;
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(curthread != NULL);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-04 20:30:30 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(!mtx_owned(m),
|
|
|
|
("mtx_trylock() called on a mutex already owned"));
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
rval = _obtain_lock(m, curthread);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCK_LOG_TRY("LOCK", &m->mtx_object, opts, rval, file, line);
|
2003-03-04 20:30:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rval)
|
2001-05-04 17:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
WITNESS_LOCK(&m->mtx_object, opts | LOP_EXCLUSIVE | LOP_TRYLOCK,
|
|
|
|
file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
return (rval);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* _mtx_lock_sleep: the tougher part of acquiring an MTX_DEF lock.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* We call this if the lock is either contested (i.e. we need to go to
|
|
|
|
* sleep waiting for it), or if we need to recurse on it.
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
_mtx_lock_sleep(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct thread *td = curthread;
|
2003-03-04 20:32:41 +00:00
|
|
|
struct thread *td1;
|
Add code to make default mutexes adaptive if the ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES kernel
option is used (not on by default).
- In the case of trying to lock a mutex, if the MTX_CONTESTED flag is set,
then we can safely read the thread pointer from the mtx_lock member while
holding sched_lock. We then examine the thread to see if it is currently
executing on another CPU. If it is, then we keep looping instead of
blocking.
- In the case of trying to unlock a mutex, it is now possible for a mutex
to have MTX_CONTESTED set in mtx_lock but to not have any threads
actually blocked on it, so we need to handle that case. In that case,
we just release the lock as if MTX_CONTESTED was not set and return.
- We do not adaptively spin on Giant as Giant is held for long times and
it slows SMP systems down to a crawl (it was taking several minutes,
like 5-10 or so for my test alpha and sparc64 SMP boxes to boot up when
they adaptively spinned on Giant).
- We only compile in the code to do this for SMP kernels, it doesn't make
sense for UP kernels.
Tested on: i386, alpha, sparc64
2002-05-21 20:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(SMP) && defined(ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES)
|
|
|
|
struct thread *owner;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2003-03-04 20:32:41 +00:00
|
|
|
uintptr_t v;
|
2002-08-26 18:39:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef KTR
|
|
|
|
int cont_logged = 0;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-04 20:32:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_owned(m)) {
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_recurse++;
|
|
|
|
atomic_set_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, MTX_RECURSED);
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_lock_sleep: %p recursing", m);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
2001-02-24 19:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR4(KTR_LOCK,
|
|
|
|
"_mtx_lock_sleep: %s contested (lock=%p) at %s:%d",
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, (void *)m->mtx_lock, file, line);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
while (!_obtain_lock(m, td)) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
2003-03-04 20:32:41 +00:00
|
|
|
v = m->mtx_lock;
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check if the lock has been released while spinning for
|
|
|
|
* the sched_lock.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-03-04 20:32:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (v == MTX_UNOWNED) {
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
2002-05-22 20:32:39 +00:00
|
|
|
ia32_pause();
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* The mutex was marked contested on release. This means that
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* there are threads blocked on it.
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (v == MTX_CONTESTED) {
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td1 = TAILQ_FIRST(&m->mtx_blocked);
|
|
|
|
MPASS(td1 != NULL);
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_lock = (uintptr_t)td | MTX_CONTESTED;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td1->td_priority < td->td_priority)
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
td->td_priority = td1->td_priority;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the mutex isn't already contested and a failure occurs
|
|
|
|
* setting the contested bit, the mutex was either released
|
|
|
|
* or the state of the MTX_RECURSED bit changed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((v & MTX_CONTESTED) == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
!atomic_cmpset_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, (void *)v,
|
|
|
|
(void *)(v | MTX_CONTESTED))) {
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
2002-05-22 20:32:39 +00:00
|
|
|
ia32_pause();
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to make default mutexes adaptive if the ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES kernel
option is used (not on by default).
- In the case of trying to lock a mutex, if the MTX_CONTESTED flag is set,
then we can safely read the thread pointer from the mtx_lock member while
holding sched_lock. We then examine the thread to see if it is currently
executing on another CPU. If it is, then we keep looping instead of
blocking.
- In the case of trying to unlock a mutex, it is now possible for a mutex
to have MTX_CONTESTED set in mtx_lock but to not have any threads
actually blocked on it, so we need to handle that case. In that case,
we just release the lock as if MTX_CONTESTED was not set and return.
- We do not adaptively spin on Giant as Giant is held for long times and
it slows SMP systems down to a crawl (it was taking several minutes,
like 5-10 or so for my test alpha and sparc64 SMP boxes to boot up when
they adaptively spinned on Giant).
- We only compile in the code to do this for SMP kernels, it doesn't make
sense for UP kernels.
Tested on: i386, alpha, sparc64
2002-05-21 20:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(SMP) && defined(ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the current owner of the lock is executing on another
|
|
|
|
* CPU, spin instead of blocking.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
owner = (struct thread *)(v & MTX_FLAGMASK);
|
2002-06-04 22:36:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m != &Giant && thread_running(owner)) {
|
Add code to make default mutexes adaptive if the ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES kernel
option is used (not on by default).
- In the case of trying to lock a mutex, if the MTX_CONTESTED flag is set,
then we can safely read the thread pointer from the mtx_lock member while
holding sched_lock. We then examine the thread to see if it is currently
executing on another CPU. If it is, then we keep looping instead of
blocking.
- In the case of trying to unlock a mutex, it is now possible for a mutex
to have MTX_CONTESTED set in mtx_lock but to not have any threads
actually blocked on it, so we need to handle that case. In that case,
we just release the lock as if MTX_CONTESTED was not set and return.
- We do not adaptively spin on Giant as Giant is held for long times and
it slows SMP systems down to a crawl (it was taking several minutes,
like 5-10 or so for my test alpha and sparc64 SMP boxes to boot up when
they adaptively spinned on Giant).
- We only compile in the code to do this for SMP kernels, it doesn't make
sense for UP kernels.
Tested on: i386, alpha, sparc64
2002-05-21 20:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
2002-06-04 22:36:24 +00:00
|
|
|
while (mtx_owner(m) == owner && thread_running(owner)) {
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
2002-06-04 21:53:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ia32_pause();
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2002-06-04 21:53:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Add code to make default mutexes adaptive if the ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES kernel
option is used (not on by default).
- In the case of trying to lock a mutex, if the MTX_CONTESTED flag is set,
then we can safely read the thread pointer from the mtx_lock member while
holding sched_lock. We then examine the thread to see if it is currently
executing on another CPU. If it is, then we keep looping instead of
blocking.
- In the case of trying to unlock a mutex, it is now possible for a mutex
to have MTX_CONTESTED set in mtx_lock but to not have any threads
actually blocked on it, so we need to handle that case. In that case,
we just release the lock as if MTX_CONTESTED was not set and return.
- We do not adaptively spin on Giant as Giant is held for long times and
it slows SMP systems down to a crawl (it was taking several minutes,
like 5-10 or so for my test alpha and sparc64 SMP boxes to boot up when
they adaptively spinned on Giant).
- We only compile in the code to do this for SMP kernels, it doesn't make
sense for UP kernels.
Tested on: i386, alpha, sparc64
2002-05-21 20:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* SMP && ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES */
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2002-04-02 20:44:30 +00:00
|
|
|
* We definitely must sleep for this lock.
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mtx_assert(m, MA_NOTOWNED);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef notyet
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we're borrowing an interrupted thread's VM context, we
|
|
|
|
* must clean up before going to sleep.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td->td_ithd != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
struct ithd *it = td->td_ithd;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (it->it_interrupted) {
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK,
|
2001-02-24 19:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
"_mtx_lock_sleep: %p interrupted %p",
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
it, it->it_interrupted);
|
|
|
|
intr_thd_fixup(it);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Put us on the list of threads blocked on this mutex.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (TAILQ_EMPTY(&m->mtx_blocked)) {
|
2002-02-09 00:12:53 +00:00
|
|
|
td1 = mtx_owner(m);
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&td1->td_contested, m, mtx_contested);
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&m->mtx_blocked, td, td_lockq);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(td1, &m->mtx_blocked, td_lockq)
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td1->td_priority > td->td_priority)
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td1)
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(td1, td, td_lockq);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&m->mtx_blocked, td, td_lockq);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-08-26 18:39:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef KTR
|
|
|
|
if (!cont_logged) {
|
|
|
|
CTR6(KTR_CONTENTION,
|
|
|
|
"contention: %p at %s:%d wants %s, taken by %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
td, file, line, m->mtx_object.lo_name,
|
|
|
|
WITNESS_FILE(&m->mtx_object),
|
|
|
|
WITNESS_LINE(&m->mtx_object));
|
|
|
|
cont_logged = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Save who we're blocked on.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td->td_blocked = m;
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
td->td_lockname = m->mtx_object.lo_name;
|
|
|
|
TD_SET_LOCK(td);
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
propagate_priority(td);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR3(KTR_LOCK,
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
"_mtx_lock_sleep: p %p blocked on [%p] %s", td, m,
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td->td_proc->p_stats->p_ru.ru_nvcsw++;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mi_switch();
|
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR3(KTR_LOCK,
|
|
|
|
"_mtx_lock_sleep: p %p free from blocked on [%p] %s",
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td, m, m->mtx_object.lo_name);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-26 18:39:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef KTR
|
|
|
|
if (cont_logged) {
|
|
|
|
CTR4(KTR_CONTENTION,
|
|
|
|
"contention end: %s acquired by %p at %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, td, file, line);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* _mtx_lock_spin: the tougher part of acquiring an MTX_SPIN lock.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This is only called if we need to actually spin for the lock. Recursion
|
|
|
|
* is handled inline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
2001-12-18 00:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
_mtx_lock_spin(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_lock_spin: %p spinning", m);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (_obtain_lock(m, curthread))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-17 03:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Give interrupts a chance while we spin. */
|
2001-12-18 00:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
critical_exit();
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
while (m->mtx_lock != MTX_UNOWNED) {
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (i++ < 10000000) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
2002-05-22 20:32:39 +00:00
|
|
|
ia32_pause();
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-05-21 21:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (i < 60000000)
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DELAY(1);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (!db_active)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2002-05-21 21:13:27 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("spin lock %s held by %p for > 5 seconds",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, (void *)m->mtx_lock);
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
2002-05-22 20:32:39 +00:00
|
|
|
ia32_pause();
|
2002-05-21 22:26:35 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-12-18 00:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
critical_enter();
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_lock_spin: %p spin done", m);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* _mtx_unlock_sleep: the tougher part of releasing an MTX_DEF lock.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* We are only called here if the lock is recursed or contested (i.e. we
|
|
|
|
* need to wake up a blocked thread).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
_mtx_unlock_sleep(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct thread *td, *td1;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx *m1;
|
|
|
|
int pri;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td = curthread;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
|
|
|
if (--(m->mtx_recurse) == 0)
|
|
|
|
atomic_clear_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, MTX_RECURSED);
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p unrecurse", m);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p contested", m);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td1 = TAILQ_FIRST(&m->mtx_blocked);
|
Add code to make default mutexes adaptive if the ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES kernel
option is used (not on by default).
- In the case of trying to lock a mutex, if the MTX_CONTESTED flag is set,
then we can safely read the thread pointer from the mtx_lock member while
holding sched_lock. We then examine the thread to see if it is currently
executing on another CPU. If it is, then we keep looping instead of
blocking.
- In the case of trying to unlock a mutex, it is now possible for a mutex
to have MTX_CONTESTED set in mtx_lock but to not have any threads
actually blocked on it, so we need to handle that case. In that case,
we just release the lock as if MTX_CONTESTED was not set and return.
- We do not adaptively spin on Giant as Giant is held for long times and
it slows SMP systems down to a crawl (it was taking several minutes,
like 5-10 or so for my test alpha and sparc64 SMP boxes to boot up when
they adaptively spinned on Giant).
- We only compile in the code to do this for SMP kernels, it doesn't make
sense for UP kernels.
Tested on: i386, alpha, sparc64
2002-05-21 20:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(SMP) && defined(ADAPTIVE_MUTEXES)
|
|
|
|
if (td1 == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
_release_lock_quick(m);
|
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p no sleepers", m);
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(td->td_proc->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
|
|
|
MPASS(td1->td_proc->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&m->mtx_blocked, td1, td_lockq);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TAILQ_EMPTY(&m->mtx_blocked)) {
|
|
|
|
LIST_REMOVE(m, mtx_contested);
|
|
|
|
_release_lock_quick(m);
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p not held", m);
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
atomic_store_rel_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, (void *)MTX_CONTESTED);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
pri = PRI_MAX;
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(m1, &td->td_contested, mtx_contested) {
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
int cp = TAILQ_FIRST(&m1->mtx_blocked)->td_priority;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (cp < pri)
|
|
|
|
pri = cp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pri > td->td_base_pri)
|
|
|
|
pri = td->td_base_pri;
|
|
|
|
td->td_priority = pri;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p contested setrunqueue %p",
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
m, td1);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td1->td_blocked = NULL;
|
2002-10-02 20:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
TD_CLR_LOCK(td1);
|
2002-09-29 23:23:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!TD_CAN_RUN(td1)) {
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-09-29 23:28:58 +00:00
|
|
|
setrunqueue(td1);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-11 20:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td->td_critnest == 1 && td1->td_priority < pri) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef notyet
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (td->td_ithd != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
struct ithd *it = td->td_ithd;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (it->it_interrupted) {
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK,
|
2001-02-24 19:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
"_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p interrupted %p",
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
it, it->it_interrupted);
|
|
|
|
intr_thd_fixup(it);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK,
|
|
|
|
"_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p switching out lock=%p", m,
|
|
|
|
(void *)m->mtx_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
td->td_proc->p_stats->p_ru.ru_nivcsw++;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mi_switch();
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LOCK_LOG_TEST(&m->mtx_object, opts))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p resuming lock=%p",
|
|
|
|
m, (void *)m->mtx_lock);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* All the unlocking of MTX_SPIN locks is done inline.
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
* See the _rel_spin_lock() macro for the details.
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-02-24 19:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* The backing function for the INVARIANTS-enabled mtx_assert()
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-02-24 21:29:32 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INVARIANT_SUPPORT
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
_mtx_assert(struct mtx *m, int what, const char *file, int line)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-07-31 17:45:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (panicstr != NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2001-02-25 16:18:13 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (what) {
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
case MA_OWNED:
|
|
|
|
case MA_OWNED | MA_RECURSED:
|
|
|
|
case MA_OWNED | MA_NOTRECURSED:
|
2001-02-25 16:18:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!mtx_owned(m))
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s not owned at %s:%d",
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, file, line);
|
2001-02-25 16:18:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
|
|
|
if ((what & MA_NOTRECURSED) != 0)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s recursed at %s:%d",
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, file, line);
|
2001-02-25 16:18:13 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if ((what & MA_RECURSED) != 0) {
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s unrecursed at %s:%d",
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case MA_NOTOWNED:
|
2001-02-25 16:18:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_owned(m))
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s owned at %s:%d",
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_object.lo_name, file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("unknown mtx_assert at %s:%d", file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The MUTEX_DEBUG-enabled mtx_validate()
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Most of these checks have been moved off into the LO_INITIALIZED flag
|
|
|
|
* maintained by the witness code.
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
|
|
|
void mtx_validate(struct mtx *);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
mtx_validate(struct mtx *m)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-25 08:40:20 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: When kernacc() does not require Giant we can reenable this check
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef notyet
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX - When kernacc() is fixed on the alpha to handle K0_SEG memory properly
|
|
|
|
* we can re-enable the kernacc() checks.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef __alpha__
|
2001-08-24 23:00:59 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Can't call kernacc() from early init386(), especially when
|
|
|
|
* initializing Giant mutex, because some stuff in kernacc()
|
|
|
|
* requires Giant itself.
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-08-24 22:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!cold)
|
|
|
|
if (!kernacc((caddr_t)m, sizeof(m),
|
|
|
|
VM_PROT_READ | VM_PROT_WRITE))
|
|
|
|
panic("Can't read and write to mutex %p", m);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2002-10-25 08:40:20 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-02 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* General init routine used by the MTX_SYSINIT() macro.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
mtx_sysinit(void *arg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct mtx_args *margs = arg;
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-04 20:52:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_init(margs->ma_mtx, margs->ma_desc, NULL, margs->ma_opts);
|
2002-04-02 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mutex initialization routine; initialize lock `m' of type contained in
|
2002-04-04 20:52:27 +00:00
|
|
|
* `opts' with options contained in `opts' and name `name.' The optional
|
|
|
|
* lock type `type' is used as a general lock category name for use with
|
|
|
|
* witness.
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2002-04-04 20:52:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_init(struct mtx *m, const char *name, const char *type, int opts)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
struct lock_object *lock;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS((opts & ~(MTX_SPIN | MTX_QUIET | MTX_RECURSE |
|
2002-03-27 09:23:41 +00:00
|
|
|
MTX_SLEEPABLE | MTX_NOWITNESS | MTX_DUPOK)) == 0);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_DEBUG
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Diagnostic and error correction */
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_validate(m);
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
lock = &m->mtx_object;
|
2001-10-20 01:22:42 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT((lock->lo_flags & LO_INITIALIZED) == 0,
|
2002-04-04 20:52:27 +00:00
|
|
|
("mutex %s %p already initialized", name, m));
|
2001-10-20 01:22:42 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero(m, sizeof(*m));
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (opts & MTX_SPIN)
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_class = &lock_class_mtx_spin;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_class = &lock_class_mtx_sleep;
|
2002-04-04 20:52:27 +00:00
|
|
|
lock->lo_name = name;
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_type = type != NULL ? type : name;
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (opts & MTX_QUIET)
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_flags = LO_QUIET;
|
|
|
|
if (opts & MTX_RECURSE)
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_flags |= LO_RECURSABLE;
|
|
|
|
if (opts & MTX_SLEEPABLE)
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_flags |= LO_SLEEPABLE;
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_NOWITNESS) == 0)
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_flags |= LO_WITNESS;
|
2002-03-27 09:23:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (opts & MTX_DUPOK)
|
|
|
|
lock->lo_flags |= LO_DUPOK;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_lock = MTX_UNOWNED;
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&m->mtx_blocked);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCK_LOG_INIT(lock, opts);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
WITNESS_INIT(lock);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
* Remove lock `m' from all_mtx queue. We don't allow MTX_QUIET to be
|
|
|
|
* passed in as a flag here because if the corresponding mtx_init() was
|
|
|
|
* called with MTX_QUIET set, then it will already be set in the mutex's
|
|
|
|
* flags.
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
mtx_destroy(struct mtx *m)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
LOCK_LOG_DESTROY(&m->mtx_object, 0);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!mtx_owned(m))
|
|
|
|
MPASS(mtx_unowned(m));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS((m->mtx_lock & (MTX_RECURSED|MTX_CONTESTED)) == 0);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Tell witness this isn't locked to make it happy. */
|
Change the preemption code for software interrupt thread schedules and
mutex releases to not require flags for the cases when preemption is
not allowed:
The purpose of the MTX_NOSWITCH and SWI_NOSWITCH flags is to prevent
switching to a higher priority thread on mutex releease and swi schedule,
respectively when that switch is not safe. Now that the critical section
API maintains a per-thread nesting count, the kernel can easily check
whether or not it should switch without relying on flags from the
programmer. This fixes a few bugs in that all current callers of
swi_sched() used SWI_NOSWITCH, when in fact, only the ones called from
fast interrupt handlers and the swi_sched of softclock needed this flag.
Note that to ensure that swi_sched()'s in clock and fast interrupt
handlers do not switch, these handlers have to be explicitly wrapped
in critical_enter/exit pairs. Presently, just wrapping the handlers is
sufficient, but in the future with the fully preemptive kernel, the
interrupt must be EOI'd before critical_exit() is called. (critical_exit()
can switch due to a deferred preemption in a fully preemptive kernel.)
I've tested the changes to the interrupt code on i386 and alpha. I have
not tested ia64, but the interrupt code is almost identical to the alpha
code, so I expect it will work fine. PowerPC and ARM do not yet have
interrupt code in the tree so they shouldn't be broken. Sparc64 is
broken, but that's been ok'd by jake and tmm who will be fixing the
interrupt code for sparc64 shortly.
Reviewed by: peter
Tested on: i386, alpha
2002-01-05 08:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
WITNESS_UNLOCK(&m->mtx_object, LOP_EXCLUSIVE, __FILE__,
|
|
|
|
__LINE__);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes.
- Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a
name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given
type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep
mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an
additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed
to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is
defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have
been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability,
sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h.
- Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin
locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through
magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context
switches.
- Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with
proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep
mutexes and sx locks.
- Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging
level so that the log messages are consistent.
- Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init():
- MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness.
This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example.
- MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now
and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have
to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations.
- All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export
a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also,
we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness
performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag.
- The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly
more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
WITNESS_DESTROY(&m->mtx_object);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-26 20:48:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-04-02 22:19:16 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Intialize the mutex code and system mutexes. This is called from the MD
|
|
|
|
* startup code prior to mi_startup(). The per-CPU data space needs to be
|
|
|
|
* setup before this is called.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
mutex_init(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Setup thread0 so that mutexes work. */
|
|
|
|
LIST_INIT(&thread0.td_contested);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Initialize mutexes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-04-04 20:52:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_init(&Giant, "Giant", NULL, MTX_DEF | MTX_RECURSE);
|
|
|
|
mtx_init(&sched_lock, "sched lock", NULL, MTX_SPIN | MTX_RECURSE);
|
|
|
|
mtx_init(&proc0.p_mtx, "process lock", NULL, MTX_DEF | MTX_DUPOK);
|
2002-04-02 22:19:16 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock(&Giant);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-26 20:48:04 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Encapsulated Giant mutex routines. These routines provide encapsulation
|
|
|
|
* control for the Giant mutex, allowing sysctls to be used to turn on and
|
|
|
|
* off Giant around certain subsystems. The default value for the sysctls
|
|
|
|
* are set to what developers believe is stable and working in regards to
|
|
|
|
* the Giant pushdown. Developers should not turn off Giant via these
|
|
|
|
* sysctls unless they know what they are doing.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Callers of mtx_lock_giant() are expected to pass the return value to an
|
2002-10-23 10:26:54 +00:00
|
|
|
* accompanying mtx_unlock_giant() later on. If multiple subsystems are
|
2001-10-26 20:48:04 +00:00
|
|
|
* effected by a Giant wrap, all related sysctl variables must be zero for
|
|
|
|
* the subsystem call to operate without Giant (as determined by the caller).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_NODE(_kern, OID_AUTO, giant, CTLFLAG_RD, NULL, "Giant mutex manipulation");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int kern_giant_all = 0;
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_kern_giant, OID_AUTO, all, CTLFLAG_RW, &kern_giant_all, 0, "");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int kern_giant_proc = 1; /* Giant around PROC locks */
|
|
|
|
int kern_giant_file = 1; /* Giant around struct file & filedesc */
|
2002-02-18 17:51:47 +00:00
|
|
|
int kern_giant_ucred = 1; /* Giant around ucred */
|
2001-10-26 20:48:04 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_kern_giant, OID_AUTO, proc, CTLFLAG_RW, &kern_giant_proc, 0, "");
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_kern_giant, OID_AUTO, file, CTLFLAG_RW, &kern_giant_file, 0, "");
|
2002-02-18 17:51:47 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_kern_giant, OID_AUTO, ucred, CTLFLAG_RW, &kern_giant_ucred, 0, "");
|
2001-10-26 20:48:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
mtx_lock_giant(int sysctlvar)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (sysctlvar || kern_giant_all) {
|
|
|
|
mtx_lock(&Giant);
|
|
|
|
return(1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_giant(int s)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (s)
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock(&Giant);
|
|
|
|
}
|